Sema.h revision 063820655db8121f0022a7c51458463c7250324c
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 51#include <deque> 52#include <string> 53#include <vector> 54 55namespace llvm { 56 class APSInt; 57 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 58 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 59 class SmallBitVector; 60} 61 62namespace clang { 63 class ADLResult; 64 class ASTConsumer; 65 class ASTContext; 66 class ASTMutationListener; 67 class ASTReader; 68 class ASTWriter; 69 class ArrayType; 70 class AttributeList; 71 class BlockDecl; 72 class CapturedDecl; 73 class CXXBasePath; 74 class CXXBasePaths; 75 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 76 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 77 class CXXConstructorDecl; 78 class CXXConversionDecl; 79 class CXXDestructorDecl; 80 class CXXFieldCollector; 81 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 82 class CXXMethodDecl; 83 class CXXScopeSpec; 84 class CXXTemporary; 85 class CXXTryStmt; 86 class CallExpr; 87 class ClassTemplateDecl; 88 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 89 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 90 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OMPClause; 143 class OverloadCandidateSet; 144 class OverloadExpr; 145 class ParenListExpr; 146 class ParmVarDecl; 147 class Preprocessor; 148 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 149 class PseudoObjectExpr; 150 class QualType; 151 class StandardConversionSequence; 152 class Stmt; 153 class StringLiteral; 154 class SwitchStmt; 155 class TargetAttributesSema; 156 class TemplateArgument; 157 class TemplateArgumentList; 158 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 159 class TemplateDecl; 160 class TemplateParameterList; 161 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 162 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 163 class Token; 164 class TypeAliasDecl; 165 class TypedefDecl; 166 class TypedefNameDecl; 167 class TypeLoc; 168 class UnqualifiedId; 169 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 170 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 171 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 172 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 173 class UsingDecl; 174 class UsingShadowDecl; 175 class ValueDecl; 176 class VarDecl; 177 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 178 class VisibilityAttr; 179 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 180 class IndirectFieldDecl; 181 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 182 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 183 184namespace sema { 185 class AccessedEntity; 186 class BlockScopeInfo; 187 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 188 class CapturingScopeInfo; 189 class CompoundScopeInfo; 190 class DelayedDiagnostic; 191 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 192 class FunctionScopeInfo; 193 class LambdaScopeInfo; 194 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 195 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 196} 197 198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 201 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 202 203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 204class Sema { 205 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 206 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 207 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 208 209 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 210 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 211 212 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 213 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 214 215 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 216 217 static bool 218 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 219 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 220 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 221 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 222 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 223 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 224 // with internal linkage. 225 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 226 } 227 228public: 229 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 230 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 231 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 232 233 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 234 FPOptions FPFeatures; 235 236 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 237 Preprocessor &PP; 238 ASTContext &Context; 239 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 240 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 241 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 242 243 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 244 bool CollectStats; 245 246 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 247 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 248 249 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 250 DeclContext *CurContext; 251 252 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 253 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 254 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 255 256 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 257 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 258 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 259 260 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 261 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 262 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 263 264 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 265 266 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 267 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 268 269 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 270 /// 271 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 272 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 273 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 274 275 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 276 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 277 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 278 279 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 280 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 281 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 282 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 283 284 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 285 286 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 287 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 288 /// 289 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 290 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 291 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 292 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 293 294 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 295 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 296 ExtVectorDeclsType; 297 298 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 299 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 300 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 301 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 302 303 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 304 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 305 306 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 307 308 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 309 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 310 311 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 312 313 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 314 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 315 /// same list more than once. 316 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 317 318 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 319 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 320 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 321 322 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 323 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 324 /// 325 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 326 /// scopes, e.g., 327 /// 328 /// \code 329 /// extern "C" void f() { 330 /// void foo(int, int); 331 /// } 332 /// \endcode 333 /// 334 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 335 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 336 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 337 /// 338 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 339 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 340 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 341 /// for compatibility. 342 /// 343 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 344 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 345 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 346 /// not visible. 347 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 348 349 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 350 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 351 352 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 354 TentativeDefinitionsType; 355 356 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 357 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 358 359 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 360 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 361 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 362 363 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 364 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 365 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 366 367 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 368 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 369 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 370 371 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 372 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 373 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 374 375 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 376 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 377 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 378 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 379 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 380 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 381 382 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 383 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 384 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 385 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 386 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 387 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 388 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 389 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 390 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 391 392 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *> 393 LateParsedTemplateMapT; 394 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; 395 396 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 397 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); 398 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 399 void *OpaqueParser; 400 401 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 402 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 403 OpaqueParser = P; 404 } 405 406 class DelayedDiagnostics; 407 408 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 410 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 411 }; 412 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 413 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 414 415 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 416 /// during parsing and other processing. 417 class DelayedDiagnostics { 418 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 419 /// diagnostics should go. 420 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 421 422 public: 423 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 424 425 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 426 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 427 428 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 429 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 430 431 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 432 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 433 return CurPool; 434 } 435 436 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 437 /// collected in this pool. 438 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 439 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 440 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 441 CurPool = &pool; 442 return state; 443 } 444 445 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 446 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 447 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 448 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 449 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 450 } 451 452 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 453 /// not delayed. 454 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 455 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 456 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 457 CurPool = 0; 458 return state; 459 } 460 461 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 462 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 463 assert(CurPool == NULL); 464 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 465 } 466 } DelayedDiagnostics; 467 468 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 469 class ContextRAII { 470 private: 471 Sema &S; 472 DeclContext *SavedContext; 473 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 474 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 475 476 public: 477 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 478 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 479 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 480 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 481 { 482 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 483 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 484 } 485 486 void pop() { 487 if (!SavedContext) return; 488 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 489 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 490 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 491 SavedContext = 0; 492 } 493 494 ~ContextRAII() { 495 pop(); 496 } 497 }; 498 499 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 500 /// a function body. 501 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 502 Sema &S; 503 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 504 505 public: 506 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 507 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 508 { 509 S.PushFunctionScope(); 510 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 511 } 512 513 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 514 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 515 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 516 } 517 }; 518 519 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 520 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 521 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 522 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 523 524 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 525 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 526 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 527 /// in the currently selected standard. 528 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 529 530 531 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 532 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 533 534 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 535 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 536 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 537 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 538 /// It would be best to refactor this. 539 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 540 541 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 542 543 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 544 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 545 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 546 Scope *TUScope; 547 548 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 549 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 550 551 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 552 /// standard library. 553 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 554 555 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 556 /// \<initializer_list>. 557 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 558 559 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 560 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 561 562 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 563 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 564 565 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 566 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 567 568 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 569 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 570 571 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 572 QualType NSNumberPointer; 573 574 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 575 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 576 577 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 578 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 579 580 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 581 QualType NSStringPointer; 582 583 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 584 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 585 586 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 587 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 588 589 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 590 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 591 592 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 593 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 594 595 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 596 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 597 598 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 599 QualType QIDNSCopying; 600 601 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 602 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 603 604 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 605 /// have been declared. 606 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 607 608 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 609 /// references to fields. This is really a 610 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 611 612 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 613 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 614 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 615 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 616 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 617 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 618 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 619 /// run time. 620 Unevaluated, 621 622 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 623 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 624 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 625 UnevaluatedAbstract, 626 627 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 628 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 629 /// cases in a switch statement). 630 ConstantEvaluated, 631 632 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 633 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 634 /// expression at run time. 635 PotentiallyEvaluated, 636 637 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 638 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 639 /// in fact the current expression is used. 640 /// 641 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 642 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 643 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 644 /// until the default argument is used. 645 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 646 }; 647 648 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 649 /// expression evaluation contexts. 650 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 651 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 652 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 653 654 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 655 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 656 657 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 658 bool IsDecltype; 659 660 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 661 /// this expression evaluation context. 662 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 663 664 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 665 666 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 667 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 668 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 669 670 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 671 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 672 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 673 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 674 675 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 676 /// and block literals within this context. 677 /// 678 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 679 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 680 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 681 682 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 683 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 684 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 685 686 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 687 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 688 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 689 690 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 691 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 692 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 693 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 694 bool IsDecltype) 695 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 696 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 697 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 698 699 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 700 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 701 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); 702 703 bool isUnevaluated() const { 704 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 705 } 706 }; 707 708 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 709 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 710 711 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 712 /// block literal. 713 /// 714 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 715 /// block literal. 716 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 717 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 718 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 719 const DeclContext *DC, 720 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 721 722 723 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 724 /// function. 725 /// 726 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 727 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 728 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 729 public: 730 enum Kind { 731 NoMemberOrDeleted, 732 Ambiguous, 733 Success 734 }; 735 736 private: 737 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 738 739 public: 740 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 741 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 742 {} 743 744 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 745 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 746 747 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 748 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 749 }; 750 751 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 752 /// for C++ records. 753 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 754 755 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 756 /// 757 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 758 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 759 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 760 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 761 /// checks. 762 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 763 764 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 765 766 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 767 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 768 769 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 770 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 771 772 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 773 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 774 /// 775 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 776 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 777 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 778 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 779 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 780 781 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 782 // argument locations. 783 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 784 785 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 786 /// definition in this translation unit. 787 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 788 789 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 790 void getUndefinedButUsed( 791 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 792 793 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 794 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 795 796 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 797 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 798 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 799 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 800 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 801 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 802 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 803 804 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 805 /// of -Wselector. 806 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 807 808 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 809 enum CXXSpecialMember { 810 CXXDefaultConstructor, 811 CXXCopyConstructor, 812 CXXMoveConstructor, 813 CXXCopyAssignment, 814 CXXMoveAssignment, 815 CXXDestructor, 816 CXXInvalid 817 }; 818 819 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 820 821 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 822 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 823 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 824 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 825 826 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 827 828 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 829 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 830 831 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 832 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 833 /// should not be used elsewhere. 834 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 835 836 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 837 /// statements. 838 class FPContractStateRAII { 839 public: 840 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 841 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 842 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 843 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 844 } 845 private: 846 Sema& S; 847 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 848 }; 849 850 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 851 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 852 853public: 854 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 855 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 856 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 857 ~Sema(); 858 859 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 860 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 861 void Initialize(); 862 863 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 864 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 865 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 866 867 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 868 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 869 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 870 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 871 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 872 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 873 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 874 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 875 876 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 877 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 878 /// 879 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 880 /// 881 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 882 883 void PrintStats() const; 884 885 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 886 /// template instantiation stacks. 887 /// 888 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 889 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 890 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 891 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 892 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 893 /// well. 894 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 895 Sema &SemaRef; 896 unsigned DiagID; 897 898 public: 899 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 900 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 901 902 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 903 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 904 if (!isActive()) return; 905 906 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 907 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 908 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 909 // 910 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 911 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 912 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 913 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 914 // eliminate that code. 915 FlushCounts(); 916 Clear(); 917 918 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 919 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 920 } 921 922 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 923 template<typename T> 924 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 925 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 926 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 927 BaseDiag << Value; 928 return Diag; 929 } 930 }; 931 932 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 933 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 934 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 935 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 936 } 937 938 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 939 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 940 941 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 942 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 943 944 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 945 946 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 947 std::string 948 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 949 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; 950 951 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 952 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 953 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 954 955 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 956 957 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 958 959 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 960 961 void PushFunctionScope(); 962 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 963 void PushLambdaScope(); 964 965 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth 966 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth 967 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. 968 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); 969 970 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 971 RecordDecl *RD, 972 CapturedRegionKind K); 973 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 974 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 975 976 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 977 return FunctionScopes.back(); 978 } 979 980 template <typename ExprT> 981 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 982 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 983 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 984 } 985 986 void PushCompoundScope(); 987 void PopCompoundScope(); 988 989 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 990 991 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 992 993 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 994 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 995 996 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. 997 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 998 999 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. 1000 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); 1001 1002 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 1003 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 1004 1005 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1006 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1007 1008 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1009 1010 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1011 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1012 // 1013 1014 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1015 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1016 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1017 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1018 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1019 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1020 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1021 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1022 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1023 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1024 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1025 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1026 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1027 1028 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1029 1030 /// \brief Build a function type. 1031 /// 1032 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1033 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1034 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1035 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1036 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1037 /// 1038 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1039 /// 1040 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1041 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1042 /// function parameters. 1043 /// 1044 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1045 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1046 /// type that will have function type. 1047 /// 1048 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1049 /// type, if known. 1050 /// 1051 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1052 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1053 /// 1054 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1055 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1056 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1057 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1058 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1059 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1060 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1061 1062 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1063 SourceLocation Loc, 1064 DeclarationName Entity); 1065 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1066 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1067 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1068 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1069 1070 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1071 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1072 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1073 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1074 1075 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1076 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1077 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1078 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1079 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1080 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1081 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1082 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1083 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1084 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1085 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1086 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1087 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1088 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1089 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1090 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1091 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1092 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1093 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1094 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1095 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1096 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1097 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1098 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1099 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1100 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1101 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1102 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1103 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1104 1105 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1106 1107 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1108 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1109 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1110 1111 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1112 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1113 bool Suppressed; 1114 1115 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1116 1117 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1118 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1119 }; 1120 1121 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1122 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1123 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1124 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1125 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1126 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1127 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1128 return II; 1129 } 1130 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1131 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1132 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1133 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1134 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1135 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1136 1137 template<typename T1> 1138 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1139 unsigned DiagID; 1140 const T1 &Arg1; 1141 1142 public: 1143 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1144 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1145 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1146 if (Suppressed) return; 1147 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1148 } 1149 1150 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1151 }; 1152 1153 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1154 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1155 unsigned DiagID; 1156 const T1 &Arg1; 1157 const T2 &Arg2; 1158 1159 public: 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1161 const T2 &Arg2) 1162 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1163 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1164 1165 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1166 if (Suppressed) return; 1167 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1168 } 1169 1170 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1171 }; 1172 1173 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1174 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1175 unsigned DiagID; 1176 const T1 &Arg1; 1177 const T2 &Arg2; 1178 const T3 &Arg3; 1179 1180 public: 1181 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1182 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1183 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1184 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1185 1186 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1187 if (Suppressed) return; 1188 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1189 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1190 } 1191 1192 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1193 }; 1194 1195private: 1196 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1197 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1198public: 1199 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1200 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1201 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1202 unsigned DiagID); 1203 1204 template<typename T1> 1205 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1206 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1207 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1208 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1209 } 1210 1211 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1212 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1213 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1214 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1215 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1216 } 1217 1218 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1219 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1220 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1221 const T3 &Arg3) { 1222 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1223 Arg3); 1224 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1225 } 1226 1227 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1228 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1229 1230 template<typename T1> 1231 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1232 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1233 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1234 } 1235 1236 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1237 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1238 const T2 &Arg2) { 1239 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1240 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1241 } 1242 1243 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1244 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1245 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1246 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1247 Arg3); 1248 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1249 } 1250 1251 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1252 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1253 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1254 1255 template<typename T1> 1256 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1257 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1258 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1259 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1260 } 1261 1262 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1263 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1264 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1265 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1266 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1267 } 1268 1269 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1270 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1271 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1272 const T3 &Arg3) { 1273 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1274 Arg3); 1275 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1276 } 1277 1278 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1279 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1280 1281 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1282 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1283 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1284 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1285 SourceLocation Loc); 1286 1287 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1288 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1289 // 1290 1291 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1292 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1293 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1294 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1295 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1296 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1297 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1298 /// such as: 1299 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1300 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1301 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1303 1304 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1305 1306 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1307 1308 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1309 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1310 bool isClassName = false, 1311 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1312 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1313 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1314 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1315 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1316 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1317 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1318 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1319 SourceLocation IILoc, 1320 Scope *S, 1321 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1322 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1323 1324 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1325 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1326 enum NameClassificationKind { 1327 NC_Unknown, 1328 NC_Error, 1329 NC_Keyword, 1330 NC_Type, 1331 NC_Expression, 1332 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1333 NC_TypeTemplate, 1334 NC_VarTemplate, 1335 NC_FunctionTemplate 1336 }; 1337 1338 class NameClassification { 1339 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1340 ExprResult Expr; 1341 TemplateName Template; 1342 ParsedType Type; 1343 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1344 1345 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1346 1347 public: 1348 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1349 1350 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1351 1352 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1353 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1354 1355 static NameClassification Error() { 1356 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1357 } 1358 1359 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1360 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1361 } 1362 1363 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1364 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1365 } 1366 1367 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1368 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1369 Result.Template = Name; 1370 return Result; 1371 } 1372 1373 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1374 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1375 Result.Template = Name; 1376 return Result; 1377 } 1378 1379 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1380 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1381 Result.Template = Name; 1382 return Result; 1383 } 1384 1385 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1386 1387 ParsedType getType() const { 1388 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1389 return Type; 1390 } 1391 1392 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1393 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1394 return Expr; 1395 } 1396 1397 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1398 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1399 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1400 return Template; 1401 } 1402 1403 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1404 switch (Kind) { 1405 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1406 return TNK_Type_template; 1407 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1408 return TNK_Function_template; 1409 case NC_VarTemplate: 1410 return TNK_Var_template; 1411 default: 1412 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification."); 1413 } 1414 } 1415 }; 1416 1417 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1418 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1419 /// 1420 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1421 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1422 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1423 /// 1424 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1425 /// 1426 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1427 /// 1428 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1429 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1430 /// 1431 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1432 /// 1433 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1434 /// disambiguate the name. 1435 /// 1436 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1437 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1438 /// expression. 1439 /// 1440 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1441 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1442 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1443 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1444 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1445 const Token &NextToken, 1446 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1447 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1448 1449 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1450 1451 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1452 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1453 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1454 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1455 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1456 DeclarationName Name, 1457 SourceLocation Loc); 1458 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); 1459 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1460 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1461 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1462 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1463 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1464 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1465 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1466 LookupResult &Previous); 1467 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1468 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1469 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1470 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1471 LookupResult &Previous, 1472 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1473 bool &AddToScope); 1474 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1475 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1476 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1477 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1478 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1479 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1480 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1481 1482 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1483 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1484 LookupResult &Previous, 1485 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1486 bool &AddToScope); 1487 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1488 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1489 1490 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1491 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1492 1493 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1494 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1495 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1496 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 1497 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); 1498 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1499 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1500 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1501 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1502 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1503 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); 1504 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1505 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1506 SourceLocation Loc, 1507 QualType T); 1508 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1509 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1510 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1511 StorageClass SC); 1512 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1513 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1514 Expr *defarg); 1515 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1516 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1517 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1518 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1519 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1520 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1521 1522 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1523 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1524 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1525 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1526 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1527 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1528 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1529 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1530 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1531 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1532 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1533 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1534 1535 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1536 /// documentation comments. 1537 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1538 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1539 1540 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1541 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1542 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1543 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1544 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1545 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1546 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1547 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1548 } 1549 1550 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1551 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1552 /// code for that function. 1553 /// 1554 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1555 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1556 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1557 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1558 1559 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1560 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1561 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1562 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1563 1564 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1565 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1566 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1567 1568 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1569 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1570 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1571 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1572 1573 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1574 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1575 /// specified threshold. 1576 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1577 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1578 QualType ReturnTy, 1579 NamedDecl *D); 1580 1581 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1582 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1583 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1584 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1585 1586 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1587 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1588 AttributeList *AttrList, 1589 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1590 1591 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1592 /// 1593 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1594 /// 1595 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1596 /// 1597 /// \param Path The module access path. 1598 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1599 ModuleIdPath Path); 1600 1601 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1602 /// source location. 1603 /// 1604 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1605 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1606 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1607 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1608 1609 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1610 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1611 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1612 } 1613 1614 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1615 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1616 const Preprocessor &PP); 1617 1618 /// Scope actions. 1619 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1620 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1621 1622 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1623 DeclSpec &DS); 1624 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1625 DeclSpec &DS, 1626 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1627 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1628 1629 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1630 AccessSpecifier AS, 1631 RecordDecl *Record); 1632 1633 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1634 RecordDecl *Record); 1635 1636 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1637 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1638 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1639 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1640 1641 enum TagUseKind { 1642 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1643 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1644 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1645 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1646 }; 1647 1648 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1649 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1650 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1651 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1652 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1653 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1654 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1655 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1656 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1657 1658 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1659 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1660 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1661 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1662 AttributeList *Attr, 1663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1664 1665 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1666 unsigned TagSpec, 1667 TagUseKind TUK, 1668 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1669 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1670 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1671 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1672 1673 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1674 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1675 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1676 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1677 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1678 1679 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1680 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1681 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1682 AccessSpecifier AS); 1683 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1684 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1685 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1686 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1687 AccessSpecifier AS, 1688 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1689 1690 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1691 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1692 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1693 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1694 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1695 SourceLocation TSSL, 1696 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1697 Declarator *D = 0); 1698 1699 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1700 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1701 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1702 bool Diagnose = false); 1703 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1704 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1705 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1706 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1707 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1708 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1709 1710 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1711 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1712 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1713 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1714 AttributeList *AttrList); 1715 1716 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1717 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1718 /// struct, or union). 1719 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1720 1721 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1722 1723 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1724 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1725 /// member declarations. 1726 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1727 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1728 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 1729 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1730 1731 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1732 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1733 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1734 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1735 1736 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1737 1738 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1739 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1740 /// 1741 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1742 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1743 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1744 1745 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1746 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1747 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1748 1749 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1750 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1751 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1752 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1753 Expr *val); 1754 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1755 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1756 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1757 1758 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1759 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1760 AttributeList *Attrs, 1761 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1762 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1763 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1764 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1765 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1766 1767 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1768 1769 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1770 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1771 void PopDeclContext(); 1772 1773 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1774 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1775 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1776 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1777 1778 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1779 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1780 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1781 1782 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1783 1784 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1785 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1786 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1787 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1788 1789 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1790 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1791 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1792 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1793 1794 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1795 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1796 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1797 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1798 1799 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1800 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1801 1802 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1803 /// top level scope. 1804 /// 1805 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1806 /// 1807 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1808 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1809 1810 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1811 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1812 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1813 /// 1814 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1815 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1816 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1817 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1818 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1819 1820 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1821 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1822 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1823 1824 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1825 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1826 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1827 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1828 1829 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1830 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1831 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1832 VersionTuple Introduced, 1833 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1834 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1835 bool IsUnavailable, 1836 StringRef Message, 1837 bool Override, 1838 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1839 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1840 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1841 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1842 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1843 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1844 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1845 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1846 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1847 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1848 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1849 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1850 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, 1851 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1852 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1853 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1854 1855 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1856 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1857 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1858 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1859 AMK_None, 1860 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1861 /// an exact match. 1862 AMK_Redeclaration, 1863 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1864 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1865 AMK_Override 1866 }; 1867 1868 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1869 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1870 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1871 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S, 1872 bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1873 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1874 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1875 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1876 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); 1877 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); 1878 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1879 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1880 1881 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1882 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1883 enum AssignmentAction { 1884 AA_Assigning, 1885 AA_Passing, 1886 AA_Returning, 1887 AA_Converting, 1888 AA_Initializing, 1889 AA_Sending, 1890 AA_Casting, 1891 AA_Passing_CFAudited 1892 }; 1893 1894 /// C++ Overloading. 1895 enum OverloadKind { 1896 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1897 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1898 Ovl_Overload, 1899 1900 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1901 /// an existing declaration. 1902 Ovl_Match, 1903 1904 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1905 /// non-function. 1906 Ovl_NonFunction 1907 }; 1908 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1909 FunctionDecl *New, 1910 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1911 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1912 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1913 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1914 1915 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1916 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1917 /// 1918 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1919 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1920 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1921 1922 ImplicitConversionSequence 1923 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1924 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1925 bool AllowExplicit, 1926 bool InOverloadResolution, 1927 bool CStyle, 1928 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1929 1930 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1931 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1932 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1933 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1934 bool InOverloadResolution, 1935 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1936 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1937 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1938 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1939 QualType &ConvertedType); 1940 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1941 QualType& ConvertedType); 1942 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1943 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1944 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1945 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1946 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1947 1948 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1949 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1950 CastKind &Kind, 1951 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1952 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1953 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1954 bool InOverloadResolution, 1955 QualType &ConvertedType); 1956 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1957 CastKind &Kind, 1958 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1959 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1960 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1961 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1962 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1963 QualType &ResultTy); 1964 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1965 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1966 1967 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1968 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1969 QualType ResultType, 1970 Expr *Value, 1971 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1972 1973 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1974 ExprResult Init); 1975 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1976 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1977 ExprResult Init, 1978 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1979 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1980 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1981 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1982 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1983 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1984 1985 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1986 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1987 1988 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1989 enum CCEKind { 1990 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1991 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1992 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1993 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1994 }; 1995 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1996 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1997 1998 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1999 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 2000 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 2001 public: 2002 bool Suppress; 2003 bool SuppressConversion; 2004 2005 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 2006 bool SuppressConversion = false) 2007 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 2008 2009 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 2010 /// for this conversion. 2011 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2012 2013 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2014 /// integral or enumeration type. 2015 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2016 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2017 2018 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2019 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2020 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2021 2022 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2023 /// is explicit. 2024 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2025 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2026 2027 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2028 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2029 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2030 2031 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2032 /// functions. 2033 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2034 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2035 2036 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2037 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2038 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2039 2040 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2041 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2042 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2043 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2044 2045 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2046 }; 2047 2048 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2049 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2050 2051 public: 2052 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2053 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2054 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2055 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2056 2057 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2058 bool match(QualType T); 2059 2060 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2061 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2062 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2063 } 2064 2065 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2066 /// integral or enumeration type. 2067 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2068 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2069 }; 2070 2071 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2072 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2073 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2074 2075 2076 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2077 OS_Array, 2078 OS_Dictionary, 2079 OS_Error 2080 }; 2081 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2082 2083 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2084 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2085 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2086 LK_Array, 2087 LK_Dictionary, 2088 LK_Numeric, 2089 LK_Boxed, 2090 LK_String, 2091 LK_Block, 2092 LK_None 2093 }; 2094 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2095 2096 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2097 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2098 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2099 NamedDecl *Member); 2100 2101 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2102 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2103 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2104 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2105 2106 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2107 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2108 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2109 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2110 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2111 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2112 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2113 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2114 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2115 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2116 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2117 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2118 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2119 QualType ObjectType, 2120 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2121 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2122 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2123 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2124 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2125 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2126 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2127 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2128 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2129 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2130 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2131 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2132 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2133 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2134 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2135 QualType ObjectType, 2136 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2137 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2138 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2139 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2140 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2141 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2142 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2143 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2144 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2145 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2146 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2147 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2148 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2149 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2150 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2151 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2152 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2153 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2154 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2155 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2156 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2157 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2158 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2159 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2160 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2161 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2162 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2163 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2164 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2165 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2166 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2167 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2168 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2169 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2170 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2171 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2172 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2173 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2174 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2175 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2176 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2177 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2178 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2179 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2180 2181 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2182 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2183 2184 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2185 // identified by the expression Expr 2186 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2187 2188 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2189 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2190 // R (A) --> R(A) 2191 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2192 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2193 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2194 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2195 2196 FunctionDecl * 2197 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2198 QualType TargetType, 2199 bool Complain, 2200 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2201 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2202 2203 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2204 bool Complain = false, 2205 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2206 2207 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2208 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2209 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2210 bool Complain = false, 2211 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2212 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2213 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2214 2215 2216 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2217 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2218 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2219 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2220 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2221 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2222 2223 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2224 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2225 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2226 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2227 2228 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2229 // range-based for loop. 2230 enum ForRangeStatus { 2231 FRS_Success, 2232 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2233 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2234 }; 2235 2236 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2237 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2238 enum BeginEndFunction { 2239 BEF_begin, 2240 BEF_end 2241 }; 2242 2243 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2244 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2245 VarDecl *Decl, 2246 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2247 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2248 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2249 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2250 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2251 2252 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2253 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2254 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2255 MultiExprArg Args, 2256 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2257 Expr *ExecConfig, 2258 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2259 2260 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2261 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2262 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2263 ExprResult *Result); 2264 2265 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2266 unsigned Opc, 2267 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2268 Expr *input); 2269 2270 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2271 unsigned Opc, 2272 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2273 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2274 2275 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2276 SourceLocation RLoc, 2277 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2278 2279 ExprResult 2280 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2281 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2282 MultiExprArg Args, 2283 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2284 ExprResult 2285 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2286 MultiExprArg Args, 2287 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2288 2289 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2290 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2291 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0); 2292 2293 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2294 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2295 /// that best represents the call. 2296 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2297 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2298 2299 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2300 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2301 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2302 bool CheckParameterNames); 2303 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2304 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2305 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2306 2307 /// \name Name lookup 2308 /// 2309 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2310 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2311 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2312 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2313 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2314 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2315 /// 2316 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2317 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2318 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2319 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2320 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2321 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2322 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2323 /// 2324 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2325 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2326 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2327 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2328 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2329 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2330 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2331 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2332 //@{ 2333 2334 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2335 enum LookupNameKind { 2336 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2337 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2338 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2339 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2340 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2341 /// structs, and unions. 2342 LookupTagName, 2343 /// Label name lookup. 2344 LookupLabel, 2345 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2346 /// class/struct/union members. 2347 LookupMemberName, 2348 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2349 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2350 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2351 LookupOperatorName, 2352 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2353 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2354 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2355 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2356 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2357 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2358 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2359 LookupNamespaceName, 2360 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2361 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2362 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2363 LookupUsingDeclName, 2364 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2365 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2366 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2367 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2368 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2369 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look 2370 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. 2371 LookupLocalFriendName, 2372 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2373 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2374 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2375 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2376 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2377 LookupAnyName 2378 }; 2379 2380 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2381 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2382 enum RedeclarationKind { 2383 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2384 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2385 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2386 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2387 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2388 ForRedeclaration 2389 }; 2390 2391 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2392 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2393 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2394 LOLR_Error, 2395 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2396 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2397 LOLR_Cooked, 2398 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2399 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2400 LOLR_Raw, 2401 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2402 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2403 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2404 LOLR_Template, 2405 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2406 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the 2407 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. 2408 LOLR_StringTemplate 2409 }; 2410 2411 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2412 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2413 bool ConstArg, 2414 bool VolatileArg, 2415 bool RValueThis, 2416 bool ConstThis, 2417 bool VolatileThis); 2418 2419private: 2420 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2421 2422 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2423 // 2424 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2425 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2426 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2427 2428 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2429 /// source. 2430 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2431 2432public: 2433 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2434 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2435 /// 2436 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2437 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2438 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2439 SourceLocation Loc, 2440 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2441 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2442 = NotForRedeclaration); 2443 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2444 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2445 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2446 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2447 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2448 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2449 bool EnteringContext = false); 2450 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2451 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2452 = NotForRedeclaration); 2453 2454 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2455 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2456 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2457 2458 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2459 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2460 2461 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2462 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2463 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2464 unsigned Quals); 2465 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2466 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2467 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2468 unsigned Quals); 2469 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2470 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2471 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2472 2473 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2474 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2475 bool AllowRaw, 2476 bool AllowTemplate, 2477 bool AllowStringTemplate); 2478 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2479 2480 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2481 SourceLocation Loc, 2482 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2483 ADLResult &Functions); 2484 2485 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2486 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2487 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2488 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2489 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2490 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2491 2492 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2493 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2494 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2495 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2496 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2497 bool EnteringContext = false, 2498 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0, 2499 bool RecordFailure = true); 2500 2501 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2502 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2503 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2504 2505 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, 2506 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, 2507 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, 2508 bool ErrorRecovery = true); 2509 2510 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2511 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2512 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2513 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2514 2515 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2516 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2517 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2518 2519 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2520 //@} 2521 2522 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2523 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2524 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2525 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2526 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2527 SourceLocation Loc); 2528 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2529 Scope *S); 2530 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2531 2532 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2533 2534 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2535 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2536 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); 2537 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2538 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2539 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2540 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2541 2542 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2543 2544 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2545 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2546 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2547 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2548 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, 2549 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, 2550 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = 0); 2551 2552 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2553 2554 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it 2555 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from 2556 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. 2557 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic); 2558 2559 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. 2560 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. 2561 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; 2562 2563 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2564 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2565 SourceRange Range); 2566 2567 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2568 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2569 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2570 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2571 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2572 2573 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2574 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2575 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2576 2577 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2578 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2579 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2580 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2581 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2582 2583 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2584 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2585 2586 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2587 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2588 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2589 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2590 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2591 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2592 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2593 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2594 2595 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2596 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2597 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2598 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2599 SourceLocation Loc); 2600 2601 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2602 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2603 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2604 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2605 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2606 2607 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2608 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2609 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2610 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2611 2612 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2613 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2614 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2615 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2616 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2617 2618 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2619 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2620 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2621 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2622 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2623 2624 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2625 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2626 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2627 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2628 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2629 2630 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2631 /// class extensions. 2632 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2633 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2634 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2635 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2636 Selector GetterSel, 2637 Selector SetterSel, 2638 const bool isAssign, 2639 const bool isReadWrite, 2640 const unsigned Attributes, 2641 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2642 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2643 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2644 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2645 2646 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2647 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2648 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2649 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2650 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2651 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2652 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2653 Selector GetterSel, 2654 Selector SetterSel, 2655 const bool isAssign, 2656 const bool isReadWrite, 2657 const unsigned Attributes, 2658 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2659 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2660 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2661 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2662 2663 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2664 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2665 /// setter or getter. 2666 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2667 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2668 2669 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2670 2671 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2672 2673 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2674 MMS_loose, 2675 MMS_strict 2676 }; 2677 2678 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2679 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2680 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2681 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2682 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2683 2684 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2685 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2686 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2687 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2688 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2689 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2690 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2691 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2692 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2693 bool ImmediateClass, 2694 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2695 2696 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2697 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2698 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2699 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2700 2701 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2702 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2703 2704private: 2705 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2706 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2707 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2708 2709 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2710 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2711 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2712 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2713 bool warn, bool instance); 2714 2715 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. 2716 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, 2717 bool RecordFailure = true, 2718 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) { 2719 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup) 2720 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo]; 2721 if (RecordFailure) 2722 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); 2723 return TypoCorrection(); 2724 } 2725 2726public: 2727 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2728 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2729 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2730 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2731 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2732 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2733 } 2734 2735 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2736 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2737 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2738 } 2739 2740 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2741 /// pool. 2742 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2743 2744 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2745 /// there are multiple signatures. 2746 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2747 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2748 bool warn=true) { 2749 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2750 warn, /*instance*/true); 2751 } 2752 2753 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2754 /// there are multiple signatures. 2755 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2756 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2757 bool warn=true) { 2758 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2759 warn, /*instance*/false); 2760 } 2761 2762 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2763 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2764 2765 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2766 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2767 /// have mismathched types. 2768 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2769 2770 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2771 /// implementation. 2772 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2773 2774 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2775 /// initialization. 2776 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2777 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2778 2779 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2780 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2781public: 2782 class FullExprArg { 2783 public: 2784 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2785 2786 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2787 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2788 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2789 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2790 2791 ExprResult release() { 2792 return E; 2793 } 2794 2795 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2796 2797 Expr *operator->() { 2798 return E; 2799 } 2800 2801 private: 2802 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2803 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2804 friend class Sema; 2805 2806 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2807 2808 Expr *E; 2809 }; 2810 2811 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2812 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2813 } 2814 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2815 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2816 } 2817 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2818 ExprResult FE = 2819 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2820 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2821 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2822 } 2823 2824 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2825 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2826 2827 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2828 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2829 2830 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2831 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2832 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2833 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); 2834 2835 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2836 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2837 public: 2838 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2839 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2840 } 2841 2842 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2843 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2844 } 2845 2846 private: 2847 Sema &S; 2848 }; 2849 2850 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2851 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2852 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2853 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2854 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2855 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2856 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2857 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2858 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2859 2860 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2861 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2862 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2863 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2864 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2865 2866 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2867 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2868 Stmt *SubStmt); 2869 2870 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2871 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2872 Stmt *ThenVal, 2873 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2874 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2875 Expr *Cond, 2876 Decl *CondVar); 2877 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2878 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2879 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2880 FullExprArg Cond, 2881 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2882 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2883 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2884 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2885 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2886 2887 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2888 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2889 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2890 Decl *SecondVar, 2891 FullExprArg Third, 2892 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2893 Stmt *Body); 2894 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2895 Expr *collection); 2896 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2897 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2898 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2899 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2900 2901 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2902 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2903 BFRK_Build, 2904 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2905 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2906 BFRK_Rebuild, 2907 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2908 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2909 BFRK_Check 2910 }; 2911 2912 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2913 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2914 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2915 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2916 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2917 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2918 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2919 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2920 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2921 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2922 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2923 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2924 2925 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2926 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2927 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2928 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2929 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2930 Expr *DestExp); 2931 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2932 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2933 2934 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2935 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2936 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2937 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2938 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2939 SourceLocation Loc, 2940 unsigned NumParams); 2941 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2942 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2943 2944 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2945 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2946 2947 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2948 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2949 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2950 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2951 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2952 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2953 2954 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2955 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2956 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2957 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2958 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2959 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2960 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2961 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2962 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2963 StringRef AsmString, 2964 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2965 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2966 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2967 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2968 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2969 2970 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2971 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2972 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2973 bool Invalid = false); 2974 2975 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2976 2977 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2978 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2979 2980 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2981 2982 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2983 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2984 2985 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2986 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2987 Scope *CurScope); 2988 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2989 Expr *operand); 2990 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2991 Expr *SynchExpr, 2992 Stmt *SynchBody); 2993 2994 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2995 2996 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2997 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2998 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2999 IdentifierInfo *Id); 3000 3001 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3002 3003 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 3004 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 3005 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 3006 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); 3007 3008 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 3009 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 3010 Stmt *Handler); 3011 3012 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 3013 Expr *FilterExpr, 3014 Stmt *Block); 3015 3016 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 3017 Stmt *Block); 3018 3019 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 3020 3021 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 3022 3023 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 3024 /// of it. 3025 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 3026 3027 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 3028 /// whose result is unused, warn. 3029 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 3030 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 3031 3032 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 3033 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 3034 /// 3035 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 3036 /// if (condition); 3037 /// do_stuff(); 3038 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3039 const Stmt *Body, 3040 unsigned DiagID); 3041 3042 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 3043 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 3044 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 3045 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 3046 3047 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3048 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3049 } 3050 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3051 3052 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 3053 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3054 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3055 } 3056 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3057 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3058 } 3059 3060 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3061 3062 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3063 SourceLocation Loc, 3064 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3065 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 3066 3067 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 3068 3069 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3070 StringRef message); 3071 3072 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3073 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3074 3075 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3076 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3077 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3078 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3079 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3080 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3081 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3082 SourceLocation Loc); 3083 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3084 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3085 3086 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3087 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3088 bool IsDecltype = false); 3089 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3090 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3091 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3092 bool IsDecltype = false); 3093 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3094 3095 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3096 3097 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3098 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3099 3100 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3101 3102 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3103 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3104 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3105 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3106 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3107 // named expressions. 3108 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3109 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3110 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3111 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3112 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3113 3114 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3115 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3116 3117 enum TryCaptureKind { 3118 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3119 }; 3120 3121 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3122 /// 3123 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3124 /// 3125 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3126 /// 3127 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3128 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3129 /// 3130 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3131 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3132 /// 3133 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3134 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3135 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3136 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3137 /// 3138 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3139 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3140 /// variable can be captured. 3141 /// 3142 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3143 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3144 /// captured. 3145 /// 3146 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3147 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3148 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3149 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3150 QualType &CaptureType, 3151 QualType &DeclRefType); 3152 3153 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3154 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3155 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3156 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3157 3158 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3159 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3160 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3161 3162 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3163 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3164 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3165 3166 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3167 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3168 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3169 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3170 bool ForceComplain = false, 3171 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3172 3173 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3174 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3175 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3176 3177 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3178 /// evaluation context. 3179 /// 3180 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3181 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3182 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3183 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3184 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3185 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3186 3187 // Primary Expressions. 3188 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3189 3190 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3191 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3192 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3193 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3194 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3195 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3196 3197 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3198 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3199 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3200 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3201 3202 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3203 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3204 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3205 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3206 3207 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3208 IdentifierInfo *II, 3209 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3210 3211 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3212 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3213 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3214 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3215 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3216 3217 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3218 ExprValueKind VK, 3219 SourceLocation Loc, 3220 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3221 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3222 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3223 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, 3224 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3225 ExprResult 3226 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3227 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3228 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3229 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3230 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3231 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3232 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3233 3234 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3235 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3236 LookupResult &R, 3237 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3238 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3239 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3240 LookupResult &R, 3241 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3242 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3243 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3244 const LookupResult &R, 3245 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3246 3247 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3248 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3249 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3250 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3251 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3252 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3253 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3254 3255 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3256 LookupResult &R, 3257 bool NeedsADL); 3258 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3259 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3260 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3261 3262 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3263 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3264 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3265 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3266 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3267 3268 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, 3269 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); 3270 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3271 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3272 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3273 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3274 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3275 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3276 SourceLocation R, 3277 MultiExprArg Val); 3278 3279 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3280 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3281 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3282 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3283 3284 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3285 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3286 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3287 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3288 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3289 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3290 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3291 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3292 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3293 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3294 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3295 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3296 3297 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3298 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3299 Expr *InputExpr); 3300 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3301 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3302 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3303 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3304 3305 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3306 3307 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3308 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3309 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3310 SourceRange R); 3311 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3312 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3313 ExprResult 3314 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3315 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3316 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3317 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3318 3319 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3320 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3321 3322 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3323 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3324 SourceRange ExprRange, 3325 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3326 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3327 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3328 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3329 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3330 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3331 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3332 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3333 3334 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3335 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3336 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3337 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3338 3339 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3340 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3341 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3342 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3343 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3344 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3345 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3346 3347 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3348 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3349 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3350 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3351 // defines a custom operator->). 3352 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3353 Scope *S; 3354 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3355 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3356 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3357 }; 3358 3359 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3360 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3361 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3362 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3363 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3364 LookupResult &R, 3365 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3366 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3367 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3368 3369 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3370 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3371 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3372 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3373 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3374 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3375 3376 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3377 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3378 const LookupResult &R); 3379 3380 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3381 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3382 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3383 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3384 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3385 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3386 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3387 3388 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3389 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3390 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3391 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3392 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3393 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3394 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3395 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3396 3397 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3398 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3399 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3400 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3401 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3402 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3403 bool ExecConfig = false); 3404 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3405 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3406 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3407 3408 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3409 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3410 /// locations. 3411 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3412 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3413 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3414 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3415 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3416 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3417 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3418 Expr *Config = 0, 3419 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3420 3421 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3422 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3423 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3424 3425 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3426 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3427 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3428 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3429 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3430 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3431 Expr *Op); 3432 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3433 3434 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3435 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3436 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3437 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3438 3439 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3440 3441 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3442 ParsedType Ty, 3443 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3444 Expr *InitExpr); 3445 3446 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3447 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3448 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3449 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3450 3451 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3452 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3453 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3454 3455 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3456 SourceLocation Loc, 3457 bool GNUSyntax, 3458 ExprResult Init); 3459 3460 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3461 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3462 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3463 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3464 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3465 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3466 3467 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3468 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3469 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3470 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3471 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3472 3473 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3474 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3475 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3476 3477 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3478 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3479 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3480 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3481 3482 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3483 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3484 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3485 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3486 union { 3487 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3488 Expr *E; 3489 } U; 3490 }; 3491 3492 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3493 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3494 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3495 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3496 unsigned NumComponents, 3497 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3498 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3499 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3500 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3501 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3502 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3503 unsigned NumComponents, 3504 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3505 3506 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3507 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3508 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3509 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3510 3511 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3512 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3513 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3514 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3515 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3516 3517 // __null 3518 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3519 3520 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3521 3522 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3523 enum IfExistsResult { 3524 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3525 IER_Exists, 3526 3527 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3528 IER_DoesNotExist, 3529 3530 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3531 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3532 IER_Dependent, 3533 3534 /// \brief An error occurred. 3535 IER_Error 3536 }; 3537 3538 IfExistsResult 3539 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3540 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3541 3542 IfExistsResult 3543 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3544 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3545 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3546 3547 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3548 bool IsIfExists, 3549 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3550 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3551 Stmt *Nested); 3552 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3553 bool IsIfExists, 3554 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3555 Stmt *Nested); 3556 3557 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3558 3559 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3560 /// started. 3561 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3562 3563 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3564 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3565 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3566 Scope *CurScope); 3567 3568 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3569 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3570 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3571 3572 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3573 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3574 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3575 Scope *CurScope); 3576 3577 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// 3578 3579 /// __builtin_convertvector(...) 3580 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3581 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3582 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3583 3584 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3585 3586 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3587 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3588 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3589 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3590 3591 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3592 3593 // Act on C++ namespaces 3594 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3595 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3596 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3597 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3598 SourceLocation LBrace, 3599 AttributeList *AttrList); 3600 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3601 3602 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3603 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3604 3605 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3606 3607 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3608 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3609 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3610 3611 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3612 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3613 /// 3614 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3615 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3616 3617 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3618 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3619 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3620 3621 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3622 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3623 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3624 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3625 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3626 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3627 AttributeList *AttrList); 3628 3629 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3630 3631 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3632 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3633 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3634 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3635 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3636 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3637 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3638 3639 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3640 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3641 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3642 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3643 NamedDecl *Target); 3644 3645 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3646 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3647 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3648 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3649 const LookupResult &Previous); 3650 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3651 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3652 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3653 3654 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3655 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3656 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3657 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3658 AttributeList *AttrList, 3659 bool IsInstantiation, 3660 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3661 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3662 3663 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3664 3665 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3666 AccessSpecifier AS, 3667 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3668 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3669 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3670 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3671 AttributeList *AttrList, 3672 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3673 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3674 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3675 AccessSpecifier AS, 3676 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3677 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3678 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3679 AttributeList *AttrList, 3680 TypeResult Type); 3681 3682 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3683 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3684 /// 3685 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3686 ExprResult 3687 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3688 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3689 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3690 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3691 SourceRange ParenRange); 3692 3693 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3694 // the constructor can be elidable? 3695 ExprResult 3696 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3697 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3698 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3699 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3700 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3701 3702 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3703 /// the default expr if needed. 3704 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3705 FunctionDecl *FD, 3706 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3707 3708 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3709 /// constructed variable. 3710 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3711 3712 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3713 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3714 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3715 // Pointer to allow copying 3716 Sema *Self; 3717 // We order exception specifications thus: 3718 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3719 // throw() comes next. 3720 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3721 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3722 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3723 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3724 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3725 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3726 3727 void ClearExceptions() { 3728 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3729 Exceptions.clear(); 3730 } 3731 3732 public: 3733 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3734 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3735 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3736 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3737 } 3738 3739 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3740 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3741 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3742 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3743 return ComputedEST; 3744 } 3745 3746 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3747 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3748 3749 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3750 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3751 3752 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3753 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3754 3755 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3756 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3757 3758 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3759 /// computed exception specification. 3760 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3761 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3762 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3763 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3764 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3765 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3766 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3767 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3768 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3769 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3770 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3771 tok::kw_false).take(); 3772 } 3773 } 3774 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3775 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3776 getEPI(EPI); 3777 return EPI; 3778 } 3779 }; 3780 3781 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3782 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3783 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3784 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3785 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3786 3787 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3788 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3789 /// will be const. 3790 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3791 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3792 3793 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3794 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3795 /// parameter will be const. 3796 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3797 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3798 3799 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3800 /// constructor of a class will have. 3801 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3802 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3803 3804 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3805 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3806 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3807 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3808 3809 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3810 /// destructor of a class will have. 3811 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3812 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3813 3814 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3815 /// constructor of a class will have. 3816 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3817 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3818 3819 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3820 /// special member function. 3821 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3822 3823 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3824 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3825 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3826 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3827 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3828 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3829 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3830 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3831 3832 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3833 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3834 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3835 bool Diagnose = false); 3836 3837 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3838 /// 3839 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3840 /// default constructor will be added. 3841 /// 3842 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3843 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3844 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3845 3846 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3847 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3848 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3849 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3850 3851 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3852 /// 3853 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3854 /// destructor will be added. 3855 /// 3856 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3857 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3858 3859 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3860 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3861 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3862 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3863 3864 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3865 /// 3866 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3867 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3868 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3869 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3870 3871 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3872 /// 3873 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3874 /// constructors will be added. 3875 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3876 3877 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3878 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3879 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3880 3881 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3882 /// 3883 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3884 /// copy constructor will be added. 3885 /// 3886 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3887 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3888 3889 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3890 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3891 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3892 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3893 3894 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3895 /// 3896 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3897 /// move constructor will be added. 3898 /// 3899 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3900 /// declared. 3901 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3902 3903 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3904 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3905 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3906 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3907 3908 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3909 /// 3910 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3911 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3912 /// 3913 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3914 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3915 3916 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3917 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3918 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3919 3920 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3921 /// 3922 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3923 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3924 /// 3925 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3926 /// wasn't declared. 3927 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3928 3929 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3930 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3931 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3932 3933 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3934 /// class. 3935 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3936 3937 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3938 /// special member function. 3939 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3940 3941 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3942 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3943 /// 3944 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3945 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3946 3947 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3948 /// member function. 3949 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3950 3951 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3952 /// static member function. 3953 /// 3954 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3955 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3956 3957 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3958 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3959 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3960 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3961 3962 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3963 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3964 SourceLocation Loc, 3965 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3966 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3967 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3968 3969 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3970 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3971 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3972 3973 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3974 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3975 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3976 ParsedType ObjectType, 3977 bool EnteringContext); 3978 3979 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3980 3981 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3982 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3983 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3984 3985 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3986 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3987 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3988 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3989 Declarator &D, 3990 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3991 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3992 Expr *E, 3993 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3994 3995 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3996 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3997 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3998 Expr *E, 3999 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 4000 SourceRange Parens); 4001 4002 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 4003 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4004 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 4005 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4006 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 4007 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4008 Expr *Operand, 4009 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4010 4011 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 4012 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4013 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4014 void *TyOrExpr, 4015 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4016 4017 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4018 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4019 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 4020 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4021 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 4022 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 4023 Expr *Operand, 4024 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4025 4026 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 4027 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 4028 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 4029 void *TyOrExpr, 4030 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4031 4032 4033 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 4034 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 4035 4036 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 4037 /// 4038 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 4039 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 4040 4041 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 4042 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 4043 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 4044 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 4045 4046 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 4047 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 4048 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 4049 Sema &S; 4050 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 4051 bool Enabled; 4052 4053 public: 4054 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 4055 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 4056 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4057 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4058 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4059 bool Enabled = true); 4060 4061 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4062 }; 4063 4064 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4065 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4066 /// 4067 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4068 /// 4069 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4070 /// capture list. 4071 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 4072 4073 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4074 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4075 /// being defined. 4076 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4077 4078 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4079 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4080 4081 4082 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4083 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4084 4085 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4086 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4087 4088 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4089 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4090 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4091 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4092 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4093 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4094 4095 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4096 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4097 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4098 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4099 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4100 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4101 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4102 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4103 4104 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4105 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4106 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4107 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4108 4109 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4110 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4111 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4112 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4113 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4114 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4115 Expr *Initializer); 4116 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4117 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4118 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4119 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4120 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4121 QualType AllocType, 4122 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4123 Expr *ArraySize, 4124 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4125 Expr *Initializer, 4126 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4127 4128 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4129 SourceRange R); 4130 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4131 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4132 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4133 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4134 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4135 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4136 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4137 DeclContext *Ctx, 4138 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4139 bool Diagnose = true); 4140 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4141 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4142 QualType Param1, 4143 QualType Param2 = QualType(), 4144 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4145 4146 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4147 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4148 bool Diagnose = true); 4149 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4150 bool CanProvideSize, 4151 DeclarationName Name); 4152 4153 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4154 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4155 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4156 Expr *Operand); 4157 4158 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4159 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4160 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4161 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4162 4163 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4164 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4165 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4166 SourceLocation RParen); 4167 4168 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4169 /// pseudo-functions. 4170 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4171 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4172 ParsedType Ty, 4173 SourceLocation RParen); 4174 4175 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4176 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4177 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4178 SourceLocation RParen); 4179 4180 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4181 /// pseudo-functions. 4182 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4183 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4184 ParsedType LhsTy, 4185 ParsedType RhsTy, 4186 SourceLocation RParen); 4187 4188 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4189 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4190 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4191 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4192 SourceLocation RParen); 4193 4194 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4195 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4196 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4197 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4198 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4199 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4200 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4201 4202 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4203 /// pseudo-functions. 4204 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4205 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4206 ParsedType LhsTy, 4207 Expr *DimExpr, 4208 SourceLocation RParen); 4209 4210 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4211 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4212 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4213 Expr *DimExpr, 4214 SourceLocation RParen); 4215 4216 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4217 /// pseudo-functions. 4218 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4219 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4220 Expr *Queried, 4221 SourceLocation RParen); 4222 4223 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4224 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4225 Expr *Queried, 4226 SourceLocation RParen); 4227 4228 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4229 Expr *Base, 4230 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4231 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4232 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4233 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4234 4235 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4236 4237 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4238 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4239 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4240 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4241 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4242 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4243 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4244 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4245 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4246 4247 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4248 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4249 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4250 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4251 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4252 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4253 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4254 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4255 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4256 4257 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4258 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4259 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4260 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4261 const DeclSpec& DS, 4262 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4263 4264 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4265 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4266 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4267 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4268 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4269 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4270 4271 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4272 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4273 : SourceLocation()); 4274 } 4275 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4276 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4277 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4278 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4279 4280 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4281 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4282 4283 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4284 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4285 bool EnteringContext = false); 4286 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4287 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4288 4289 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4290 /// 4291 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4292 /// 4293 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4294 /// 4295 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4296 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4297 /// 4298 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4299 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4300 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4301 4302 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4303 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4304 4305 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4306 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4307 IdentifierInfo &II, 4308 ParsedType ObjectType); 4309 4310 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4311 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4312 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4313 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4314 QualType ObjectType, 4315 bool EnteringContext, 4316 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4317 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4318 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4319 4320 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4321 /// 4322 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4323 /// 4324 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4325 /// 4326 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4327 /// 4328 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4329 /// 4330 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4331 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4332 /// 4333 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4334 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4335 /// 4336 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4337 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4338 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4339 /// including this new type). 4340 /// 4341 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4342 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4343 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4344 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4345 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4346 ParsedType ObjectType, 4347 bool EnteringContext, 4348 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4349 4350 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4351 4352 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4353 const DeclSpec &DS, 4354 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4355 4356 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4357 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4358 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4359 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4360 ParsedType ObjectType, 4361 bool EnteringContext); 4362 4363 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4364 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4365 /// 4366 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4367 /// 4368 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4369 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4370 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4371 /// including this new type). 4372 /// 4373 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4374 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4375 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4376 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4377 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4378 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4379 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4380 /// 4381 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4382 /// nested-name-specifier. 4383 /// 4384 /// 4385 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4386 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4387 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4388 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4389 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4390 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4391 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4392 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4393 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4394 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4395 bool EnteringContext); 4396 4397 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4398 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4399 /// nested-name-specifier. 4400 /// 4401 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4402 /// 4403 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4404 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4405 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4406 4407 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4408 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4409 /// 4410 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4411 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4412 /// 4413 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4414 /// 4415 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4416 /// of the annotation pointer. 4417 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4418 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4419 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4420 4421 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4422 4423 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4424 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4425 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4426 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4427 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4428 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4429 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4430 4431 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4432 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4433 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4434 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4435 /// defining scope. 4436 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4437 4438 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4439 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4440 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4441 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4442 /// class X. 4443 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4444 4445 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4446 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4447 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4448 4449 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4450 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4451 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4452 bool KnownDependent); 4453 4454 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4455 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4456 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4457 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4458 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4459 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4460 4461 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. 4462 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 4463 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4464 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4465 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4466 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, 4467 bool ExplicitParams, 4468 bool ExplicitResultType, 4469 bool Mutable); 4470 4471 /// \brief Check an init-capture and build the implied variable declaration 4472 /// with the specified name and initializer. 4473 VarDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4474 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4475 4476 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. 4477 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); 4478 4479 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4480 /// given lambda. 4481 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4482 4483 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4484 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4485 4486 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4487 /// statements present in the body. 4488 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4489 4490 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4491 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4492 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4493 /// lambda. 4494 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4495 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4496 4497 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4498 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4499 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4500 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4501 4502 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4503 /// was successfully completed. 4504 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4505 Scope *CurScope, 4506 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4507 4508 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4509 /// function pointer. 4510 /// 4511 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4512 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4513 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4514 /// block pointer conversion. 4515 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4516 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4517 4518 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4519 /// block pointer. 4520 /// 4521 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4522 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4523 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4524 /// block pointer conversion. 4525 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4526 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4527 4528 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4529 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4530 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4531 Expr *Src); 4532 4533 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4534 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4535 Expr **Strings, 4536 unsigned NumStrings); 4537 4538 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4539 4540 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4541 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4542 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4543 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4544 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4545 bool Value); 4546 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4547 4548 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4549 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4550 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4551 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4552 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4553 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4554 4555 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4556 Expr *IndexExpr, 4557 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4558 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4559 4560 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4561 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4562 unsigned NumElements); 4563 4564 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4565 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4566 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4567 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4568 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4569 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4570 4571 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4572 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4573 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4574 ParsedType Ty, 4575 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4576 4577 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4578 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4579 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4580 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4581 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4582 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4583 4584 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4585 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4586 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4587 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4588 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4589 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4590 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4591 4592 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4593 // C++ Declarations 4594 // 4595 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4596 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4597 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4598 StringRef Lang, 4599 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4600 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4601 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4602 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4603 4604 4605 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4606 // C++ Classes 4607 // 4608 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4609 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4610 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); 4611 4612 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4613 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4614 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4615 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4616 4617 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4618 Declarator &D, 4619 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4620 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4621 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4622 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4623 Expr *Init); 4624 4625 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4626 Scope *S, 4627 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4628 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4629 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4630 const DeclSpec &DS, 4631 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4632 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4633 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4634 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4635 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4636 4637 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4638 Scope *S, 4639 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4640 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4641 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4642 const DeclSpec &DS, 4643 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4644 Expr *InitList, 4645 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4646 4647 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4648 Scope *S, 4649 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4650 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4651 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4652 const DeclSpec &DS, 4653 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4654 Expr *Init, 4655 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4656 4657 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4658 Expr *Init, 4659 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4660 4661 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4662 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4663 Expr *Init, 4664 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4665 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4666 4667 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4668 Expr *Init, 4669 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4670 4671 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4672 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4673 4674 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4675 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4676 4677 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4678 4679 4680 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4681 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4682 /// referenced. 4683 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4684 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4685 4686 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4687 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4688 /// first use occurred. 4689 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4690 4691 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4692 /// materialized. 4693 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4694 4695 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4696 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4697 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4698 /// by code generation). 4699 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4700 4701 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4702 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4703 4704 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4705 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4706 DynamicClassesType; 4707 4708 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4709 /// unit. 4710 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4711 4712 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4713 /// given location. 4714 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4715 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4716 4717 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4718 /// in the given class as needed. 4719 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4720 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4721 4722 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4723 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4724 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4725 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4726 4727 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4728 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4729 /// vtables. 4730 /// 4731 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4732 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4733 4734 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4735 4736 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4737 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4738 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4739 bool AnyErrors); 4740 4741 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4742 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4743 Decl *TagDecl, 4744 SourceLocation LBrac, 4745 SourceLocation RBrac, 4746 AttributeList *AttrList); 4747 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4748 4749 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4750 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4751 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4752 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4753 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4754 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4755 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4756 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4757 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, 4758 CachedTokens &Toks); 4759 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); 4760 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4761 4762 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4763 Expr *AssertExpr, 4764 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4765 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4766 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4767 Expr *AssertExpr, 4768 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4769 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4770 bool Failed); 4771 4772 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4773 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4774 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4775 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4776 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4777 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4778 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4779 4780 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4781 StorageClass& SC); 4782 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4783 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4784 StorageClass& SC); 4785 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4786 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4787 StorageClass& SC); 4788 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4789 4790 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4791 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4792 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4793 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4794 4795 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4796 // C++ Derived Classes 4797 // 4798 4799 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4800 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4801 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4802 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4803 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4804 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4805 4806 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4807 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4808 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4809 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4810 ParsedType basetype, 4811 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4812 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4813 4814 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4815 unsigned NumBases); 4816 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4817 unsigned NumBases); 4818 4819 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4820 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4821 4822 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4823 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4824 4825 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4826 4827 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4828 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4829 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4830 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4831 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4832 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4833 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4834 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4835 DeclarationName Name, 4836 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4837 4838 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4839 4840 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4841 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4842 4843 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4844 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4845 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4846 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4847 4848 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4849 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4850 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4851 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4852 4853 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4854 4855 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4856 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); 4857 4858 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4859 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4860 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4861 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4862 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4863 4864 4865 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4866 // C++ Access Control 4867 // 4868 4869 enum AccessResult { 4870 AR_accessible, 4871 AR_inaccessible, 4872 AR_dependent, 4873 AR_delayed 4874 }; 4875 4876 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4877 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4878 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4879 4880 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4881 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4882 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4883 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4884 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4885 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4886 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4887 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4888 bool Diagnose = true); 4889 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4890 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4891 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4892 AccessSpecifier Access, 4893 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4894 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4895 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4896 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4897 AccessSpecifier Access, 4898 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4899 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4900 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4901 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4902 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4903 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4904 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4905 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4906 DeclAccessPair Found); 4907 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4908 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4909 Expr *ArgExpr, 4910 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4911 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4912 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4913 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4914 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4915 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4916 unsigned DiagID, 4917 bool ForceCheck = false, 4918 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4919 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4920 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4921 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4922 AccessSpecifier access, 4923 QualType objectType); 4924 4925 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4926 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4927 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4928 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4929 4930 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4931 4932 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4933 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4934 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4935 4936 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4937 AbstractNone = -1, 4938 AbstractReturnType, 4939 AbstractParamType, 4940 AbstractVariableType, 4941 AbstractFieldType, 4942 AbstractIvarType, 4943 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4944 AbstractArrayType 4945 }; 4946 4947 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4948 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4949 template<typename T1> 4950 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4951 unsigned DiagID, 4952 const T1 &Arg1) { 4953 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4954 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4955 } 4956 4957 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4958 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4959 unsigned DiagID, 4960 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4961 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4962 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4963 } 4964 4965 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4966 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4967 unsigned DiagID, 4968 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4969 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4970 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4971 } 4972 4973 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4974 4975 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4976 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4977 4978 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4979 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4980 // 4981 4982 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4983 4984 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4985 4986 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4987 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4988 // 4989 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4990 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4991 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4992 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4993 4994 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4995 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4996 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4997 4998 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4999 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5000 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 5001 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5002 ParsedType ObjectType, 5003 bool EnteringContext, 5004 TemplateTy &Template, 5005 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 5006 5007 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 5008 SourceLocation IILoc, 5009 Scope *S, 5010 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 5011 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 5012 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 5013 5014 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 5015 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 5016 5017 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 5018 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5019 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 5020 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5021 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5022 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 5023 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5024 ParsedType DefaultArg); 5025 5026 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 5027 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5028 unsigned Depth, 5029 unsigned Position, 5030 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5031 Expr *DefaultArg); 5032 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 5033 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 5034 TemplateParameterList *Params, 5035 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5036 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 5037 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 5038 unsigned Depth, 5039 unsigned Position, 5040 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 5041 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 5042 5043 TemplateParameterList * 5044 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 5045 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 5046 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5047 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5048 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5049 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5050 5051 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 5052 enum TemplateParamListContext { 5053 TPC_ClassTemplate, 5054 TPC_VarTemplate, 5055 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 5056 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 5057 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 5058 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 5059 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 5060 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 5061 }; 5062 5063 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 5064 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 5065 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 5066 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5067 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 5068 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5069 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5070 5071 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5072 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5073 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5074 AttributeList *Attr, 5075 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5076 AccessSpecifier AS, 5077 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5078 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5079 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 5080 5081 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5082 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5083 5084 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5085 5086 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5087 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5088 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5089 5090 TypeResult 5091 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5092 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5093 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5094 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5095 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5096 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5097 5098 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5099 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5100 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5101 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5102 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5103 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5104 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5105 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5106 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5107 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5108 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5109 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5110 5111 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5112 Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5113 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5114 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5115 5116 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5117 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5118 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5119 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5120 5121 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5122 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5123 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5124 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5125 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5126 5127 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5128 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5129 LookupResult &R, 5130 bool RequiresADL, 5131 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5132 5133 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5134 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5135 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5136 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5137 5138 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5139 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5140 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5141 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5142 ParsedType ObjectType, 5143 bool EnteringContext, 5144 TemplateTy &Template); 5145 5146 DeclResult 5147 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5148 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5149 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5150 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5151 TemplateTy Template, 5152 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5153 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5154 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5155 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5156 AttributeList *Attr, 5157 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5158 5159 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5160 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5161 Declarator &D); 5162 5163 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5164 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5165 Declarator &D); 5166 5167 bool 5168 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5169 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5170 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5171 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5172 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5173 bool &SuppressNew); 5174 5175 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5176 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5177 LookupResult &Previous); 5178 5179 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5180 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5181 LookupResult &Previous); 5182 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5183 5184 DeclResult 5185 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5186 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5187 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5188 unsigned TagSpec, 5189 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5190 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5191 TemplateTy Template, 5192 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5193 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5194 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5195 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5196 AttributeList *Attr); 5197 5198 DeclResult 5199 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5200 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5201 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5202 unsigned TagSpec, 5203 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5204 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5205 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5206 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5207 AttributeList *Attr); 5208 5209 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5210 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5211 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5212 Declarator &D); 5213 5214 TemplateArgumentLoc 5215 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5216 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5217 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5218 Decl *Param, 5219 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5220 &Converted, 5221 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5222 5223 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5224 /// argument is being checked. 5225 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5226 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5227 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5228 CTAK_Specified, 5229 5230 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5231 /// deduction. 5232 CTAK_Deduced, 5233 5234 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5235 /// via template argument deduction. 5236 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5237 }; 5238 5239 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5240 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5241 NamedDecl *Template, 5242 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5243 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5244 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5245 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5246 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5247 5248 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5249 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5250 /// 5251 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5252 /// provided. 5253 /// 5254 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5255 /// 5256 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5257 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5258 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5259 /// arguments. 5260 /// 5261 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5262 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5263 /// set of template arguments. 5264 /// 5265 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5266 /// arguments. 5267 /// 5268 /// 5269 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5270 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5271 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5272 /// 5273 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5274 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5275 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5276 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5277 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5278 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5279 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5280 5281 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5282 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5283 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5284 5285 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5286 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5287 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5288 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5289 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5290 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5291 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5292 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5293 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5294 5295 ExprResult 5296 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5297 QualType ParamType, 5298 SourceLocation Loc); 5299 ExprResult 5300 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5301 SourceLocation Loc); 5302 5303 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5304 /// for equality. 5305 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5306 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5307 /// that might be redeclarations. 5308 /// 5309 /// \code 5310 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5311 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5312 /// \endcode 5313 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5314 5315 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5316 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5317 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5318 /// 5319 /// \code 5320 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5321 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5322 /// \endcode 5323 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5324 5325 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5326 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5327 /// template parameter. 5328 /// 5329 /// \code 5330 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5331 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5332 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5333 /// \endcode 5334 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5335 }; 5336 5337 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5338 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5339 bool Complain, 5340 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5341 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5342 = SourceLocation()); 5343 5344 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5345 5346 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5347 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5348 /// 5349 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5350 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5351 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5352 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5353 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5354 TypeResult 5355 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5356 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5357 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5358 5359 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5360 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5361 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5362 /// 5363 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5364 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5365 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5366 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5367 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5368 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5369 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5370 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5371 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5372 TypeResult 5373 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5374 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5375 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5376 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5377 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5378 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5379 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5380 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5381 5382 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5383 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5384 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5385 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5386 SourceLocation IILoc); 5387 5388 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5389 SourceLocation Loc, 5390 DeclarationName Name); 5391 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5392 5393 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5394 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5395 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5396 5397 std::string 5398 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5399 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5400 5401 std::string 5402 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5403 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5404 unsigned NumArgs); 5405 5406 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5407 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5408 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5409 5410 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5411 /// being diagnosed. 5412 /// 5413 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5414 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5415 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5416 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5417 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5418 5419 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5420 UPPC_BaseType, 5421 5422 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5423 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5424 5425 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5426 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5427 5428 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5429 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5430 5431 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5432 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5433 5434 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5435 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5436 5437 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5438 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5439 5440 /// \brief A using declaration. 5441 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5442 5443 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5444 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5445 5446 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5447 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5448 5449 /// \brief An initializer. 5450 UPPC_Initializer, 5451 5452 /// \brief A default argument. 5453 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5454 5455 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5456 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5457 5458 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5459 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5460 5461 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5462 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5463 5464 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5465 UPPC_IfExists, 5466 5467 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5468 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5469 5470 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5471 UPPC_Lambda, 5472 5473 /// \brief Block expression, 5474 UPPC_Block 5475 }; 5476 5477 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5478 /// 5479 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5480 /// 5481 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5482 /// parameter packs. 5483 /// 5484 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5485 /// 5486 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5487 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5488 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5489 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5490 5491 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5492 /// diagnose the error. 5493 /// 5494 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5495 /// 5496 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5497 /// packs. 5498 /// 5499 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5500 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5501 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5502 5503 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5504 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5505 /// 5506 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5507 /// parameter packs. 5508 /// 5509 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5510 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5511 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5512 5513 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5514 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5515 /// 5516 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5517 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5518 /// 5519 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5520 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5521 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5522 5523 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5524 /// diagnose the error. 5525 /// 5526 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5527 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5528 /// 5529 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5530 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5531 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5532 5533 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5534 /// diagnose the error. 5535 /// 5536 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5537 /// 5538 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5539 /// parameter packs. 5540 /// 5541 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5542 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5543 TemplateName Template, 5544 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5545 5546 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5547 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5548 /// 5549 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5550 /// parameter packs. 5551 /// 5552 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5553 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5554 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5555 5556 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5557 /// template argument. 5558 /// 5559 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5560 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5561 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5562 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5563 5564 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5565 /// template argument. 5566 /// 5567 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5568 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5569 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5570 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5571 5572 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5573 /// type. 5574 /// 5575 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5576 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5577 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5578 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5579 5580 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5581 /// type. 5582 /// 5583 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5584 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5585 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5586 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5587 5588 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5589 /// nested-name-specifier. 5590 /// 5591 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5592 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5593 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5594 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5595 5596 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5597 /// name. 5598 /// 5599 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5600 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5601 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5602 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5603 5604 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5605 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5606 /// 5607 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5608 /// may already be invalid. 5609 /// 5610 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5611 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5612 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5613 5614 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5615 /// creates a pack expansion. 5616 /// 5617 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5618 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5619 /// 5620 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5621 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5622 5623 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5624 /// expansion. 5625 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5626 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5627 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5628 5629 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5630 /// expansion. 5631 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5632 SourceRange PatternRange, 5633 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5634 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5635 5636 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5637 /// creates a pack expansion. 5638 /// 5639 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5640 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5641 /// 5642 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5643 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5644 5645 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5646 /// creates a pack expansion. 5647 /// 5648 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5649 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5650 /// 5651 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5652 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5653 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5654 5655 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5656 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5657 /// transforming the pattern. 5658 /// 5659 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5660 /// pack expansion. 5661 /// 5662 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5663 /// the pack expansion. 5664 /// 5665 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5666 /// pattern. 5667 /// 5668 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5669 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5670 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5671 /// 5672 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5673 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5674 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5675 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5676 /// 5677 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5678 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5679 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5680 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5681 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5682 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5683 /// set this value in other cases. 5684 /// 5685 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5686 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5687 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5688 /// must be set. 5689 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5690 SourceRange PatternRange, 5691 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5692 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5693 bool &ShouldExpand, 5694 bool &RetainExpansion, 5695 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5696 5697 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5698 /// type. 5699 /// 5700 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5701 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5702 /// 5703 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5704 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5705 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5706 5707 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5708 /// parameter packs. 5709 /// 5710 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5711 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5712 /// 5713 /// \code 5714 /// void f(T...); 5715 /// \endcode 5716 /// 5717 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5718 /// a variadic function. 5719 /// 5720 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5721 /// false otherwise. 5722 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5723 5724 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5725 /// 5726 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5727 /// 5728 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5729 /// 5730 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5731 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5732 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5733 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5734 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5735 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5736 5737 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5738 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5739 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5740 5741 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5742 /// 5743 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5744 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5745 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5746 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5747 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5748 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5749 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5750 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5751 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5752 TDK_Success = 0, 5753 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5754 TDK_Invalid, 5755 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5756 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5757 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5758 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5759 /// for every template parameter. 5760 TDK_Incomplete, 5761 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5762 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5763 TDK_Inconsistent, 5764 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5765 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5766 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5767 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5768 TDK_Underqualified, 5769 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5770 /// resulted in an error. 5771 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5772 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5773 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5774 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5775 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5776 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5777 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5778 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5779 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5780 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5781 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5782 /// template arguments for the given template. 5783 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5784 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5785 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5786 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5787 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5788 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5789 }; 5790 5791 TemplateDeductionResult 5792 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5793 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5794 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5795 5796 TemplateDeductionResult 5797 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5798 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5799 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5800 5801 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 5802 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5803 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5804 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5805 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 5806 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5807 5808 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5809 // deduction for a call. 5810 struct OriginalCallArg { 5811 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5812 unsigned ArgIdx, 5813 QualType OriginalArgType) 5814 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5815 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5816 5817 QualType OriginalParamType; 5818 unsigned ArgIdx; 5819 QualType OriginalArgType; 5820 }; 5821 5822 TemplateDeductionResult 5823 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5824 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5825 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5826 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5827 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5828 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5829 5830 TemplateDeductionResult 5831 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5832 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5833 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5834 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5835 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5836 5837 TemplateDeductionResult 5838 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5839 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5840 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5841 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5842 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5843 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5844 5845 TemplateDeductionResult 5846 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5847 QualType ToType, 5848 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5849 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5850 5851 TemplateDeductionResult 5852 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5853 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5854 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5855 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5856 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5857 5858 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto 5859 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5860 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto 5861 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, 5862 QualType Replacement); 5863 5864 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5865 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5866 DAR_Succeeded, 5867 DAR_Failed, 5868 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5869 }; 5870 5871 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5872 QualType &Result); 5873 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5874 QualType &Result); 5875 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5876 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5877 bool Diagnose = true); 5878 5879 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5880 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5881 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5882 5883 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5884 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5885 SourceLocation Loc, 5886 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5887 unsigned NumCallArguments1, 5888 unsigned NumCallArguments2); 5889 UnresolvedSetIterator 5890 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5891 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5892 SourceLocation Loc, 5893 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5894 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5895 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5896 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5897 5898 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5899 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5900 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5901 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5902 SourceLocation Loc); 5903 5904 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5905 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5906 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 5907 5908 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5909 bool OnlyDeduced, 5910 unsigned Depth, 5911 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5912 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5913 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5914 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5915 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5916 } 5917 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5918 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5919 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5920 5921 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5922 // C++ Template Instantiation 5923 // 5924 5925 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5926 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5927 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5928 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5929 5930 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5931 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5932 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5933 enum InstantiationKind { 5934 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5935 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5936 TemplateInstantiation, 5937 5938 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5939 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5940 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5941 /// arguments as specified. 5942 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5943 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5944 5945 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5946 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5947 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5948 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5949 5950 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5951 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5952 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5953 5954 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5955 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5956 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5957 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5958 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5959 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5960 5961 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5962 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5963 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5964 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5965 5966 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5967 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5968 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5969 5970 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5971 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5972 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5973 } Kind; 5974 5975 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5976 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5977 5978 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5979 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5980 /// arguments. 5981 NamedDecl *Template; 5982 5983 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5984 Decl *Entity; 5985 5986 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5987 /// are not part of the entity. 5988 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5989 5990 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5991 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5992 5993 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5994 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5995 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5996 5997 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5998 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5999 /// template instantiation. 6000 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 6001 6002 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 6003 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 6004 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 6005 6006 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 6007 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 6008 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 6009 6010 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6011 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6012 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 6013 return false; 6014 6015 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 6016 return false; 6017 6018 switch (X.Kind) { 6019 case TemplateInstantiation: 6020 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 6021 return true; 6022 6023 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6024 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 6025 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6026 6027 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 6028 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6029 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 6030 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 6031 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 6032 6033 } 6034 6035 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 6036 } 6037 6038 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 6039 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 6040 return !(X == Y); 6041 } 6042 }; 6043 6044 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 6045 /// 6046 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 6047 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 6048 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 6049 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 6050 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 6051 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 6052 6053 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 6054 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 6055 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 6056 6057 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 6058 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 6059 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 6060 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 6061 6062 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 6063 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 6064 /// template defined within it. 6065 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 6066 6067 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 6068 /// template instantiation. 6069 /// 6070 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 6071 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 6072 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6073 6074 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6075 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6076 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6077 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6078 6079 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6080 /// error or warning was produced. 6081 /// 6082 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6083 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6084 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6085 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6086 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6087 6088 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6089 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6090 /// 6091 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6092 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6093 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6094 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6095 6096 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6097 /// within a \c Sema object. 6098 /// 6099 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6100 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6101 Sema &Self; 6102 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6103 6104 public: 6105 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6106 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6107 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6108 } 6109 6110 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6111 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6112 } 6113 }; 6114 6115 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6116 6117 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 6118 /// 6119 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 6120 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 6121 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 6122 6123 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6124 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6125 /// deduction. 6126 /// 6127 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6128 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6129 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6130 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6131 6132 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6133 /// instantiation. 6134 /// 6135 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6136 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6137 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6138 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6139 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6140 /// 6141 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6142 /// the stack. 6143 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6144 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6145 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6146 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6147 Decl *Entity, 6148 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6149 6150 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6151 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6152 /// of a function template. 6153 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6154 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6155 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6156 6157 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6158 /// template-id. 6159 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6160 TemplateDecl *Template, 6161 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6162 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6163 6164 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6165 /// template-id. 6166 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6167 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6168 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6169 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6170 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6171 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6172 6173 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6174 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6175 /// specialization. 6176 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6177 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6178 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6179 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6180 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6181 6182 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6183 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6184 /// specialization. 6185 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6186 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6187 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6188 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6189 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6190 6191 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6192 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6193 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6194 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6195 6196 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6197 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6198 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6199 NamedDecl *Template, 6200 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6201 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6202 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6203 6204 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6205 NamedDecl *Template, 6206 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6207 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6208 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6209 6210 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6211 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6212 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6213 TemplateDecl *Template, 6214 NamedDecl *Param, 6215 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6216 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6217 6218 6219 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6220 void Clear(); 6221 6222 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6223 6224 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6225 /// recursive template instantiations. 6226 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } 6227 6228 private: 6229 Sema &SemaRef; 6230 bool Invalid; 6231 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6232 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6233 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6234 6235 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6236 6237 InstantiatingTemplate& 6238 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6239 }; 6240 6241 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6242 6243 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6244 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6245 /// errors. 6246 /// 6247 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6248 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6249 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6250 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6251 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6252 6253 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6254 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6255 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6256 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6257 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6258 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6259 } 6260 6261 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6262 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6263 /// deduction. 6264 class SFINAETrap { 6265 Sema &SemaRef; 6266 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6267 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6268 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6269 6270 public: 6271 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6272 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6273 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6274 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6275 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6276 { 6277 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6278 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6279 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6280 } 6281 6282 ~SFINAETrap() { 6283 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6284 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6285 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6286 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6287 } 6288 6289 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6290 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6291 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6292 } 6293 }; 6294 6295 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional 6296 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so 6297 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within 6298 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. 6299 class TentativeAnalysisScope { 6300 Sema &SemaRef; 6301 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. 6302 SFINAETrap Trap; 6303 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6304 public: 6305 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) 6306 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), 6307 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { 6308 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6309 } 6310 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { 6311 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; 6312 } 6313 }; 6314 6315 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6316 /// variables. 6317 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6318 6319 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is 6320 /// disabled. 6321 bool DisableTypoCorrection; 6322 6323 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6324 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6325 6326 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6327 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6328 6329 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6330 /// name lookup. 6331 /// 6332 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6333 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6334 /// string represents a keyword. 6335 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6336 6337 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; 6338 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; 6339 6340 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and 6341 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a 6342 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. 6343 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; 6344 6345 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6346 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6347 6348 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6349 /// 6350 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6351 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6352 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6353 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6354 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6355 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6356 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6357 6358 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6359 /// but have not yet been performed. 6360 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6361 6362 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6363 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6364 /// 6365 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6366 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6367 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6368 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6369 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6370 6371 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6372 6373 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6374 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6375 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6376 6377 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6378 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6379 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6380 6381 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6382 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6383 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6384 6385 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6386 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6387 SourceLocation Loc, 6388 DeclarationName Entity, 6389 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6390 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6391 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6392 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6393 int indexAdjustment, 6394 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6395 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6396 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6397 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6398 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6399 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6400 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6401 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6402 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6403 6404 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6405 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6406 /// 6407 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6408 /// 6409 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6410 /// 6411 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6412 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6413 /// 6414 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6415 /// 6416 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6417 /// 6418 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6419 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6420 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6421 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6422 6423 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6424 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6425 6426 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6427 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6428 6429 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6430 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6431 bool CXXDirectInit); 6432 6433 bool 6434 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6435 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6436 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6437 6438 bool 6439 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6440 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6441 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6442 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6443 bool Complain = true); 6444 6445 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6446 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6447 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6448 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6449 6450 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6451 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6452 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6453 Decl *NewDecl; 6454 6455 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6456 Decl *D) 6457 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6458 { } 6459 }; 6460 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6461 6462 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6463 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6464 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6465 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6466 6467 bool 6468 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6469 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6470 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6471 bool Complain = true); 6472 6473 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6474 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6475 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6476 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6477 6478 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6479 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6480 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6481 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6482 6483 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6484 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6485 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6486 6487 DeclarationNameInfo 6488 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6489 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6490 TemplateName 6491 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6492 SourceLocation Loc, 6493 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6494 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6495 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6496 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6497 6498 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6499 FunctionDecl *Function); 6500 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6501 FunctionDecl *Function, 6502 bool Recursive = false, 6503 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6504 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 6505 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 6506 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 6507 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 6508 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 6509 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 6510 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6511 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0); 6512 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 6513 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 6514 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6515 void 6516 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 6517 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6518 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, 6519 DeclContext *Owner, 6520 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, 6521 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); 6522 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 6523 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 6524 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6525 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6526 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 6527 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6528 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6529 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6530 VarDecl *Var, 6531 bool Recursive = false, 6532 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6533 6534 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6535 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6536 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6537 6538 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6539 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6540 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6541 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6542 6543 // Objective-C declarations. 6544 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6545 OCK_None = -1, 6546 OCK_Interface = 0, 6547 OCK_Protocol, 6548 OCK_Category, 6549 OCK_ClassExtension, 6550 OCK_Implementation, 6551 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6552 }; 6553 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6554 6555 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6556 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6557 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6558 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6559 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6560 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6561 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6562 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6563 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6564 AttributeList *AttrList); 6565 6566 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, 6567 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6568 SourceLocation SuperLoc); 6569 6570 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6571 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6572 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6573 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6574 6575 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6576 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6577 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6578 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6579 6580 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6581 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6582 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6583 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6584 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6585 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6586 AttributeList *AttrList); 6587 6588 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6589 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6590 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6591 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6592 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6593 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6594 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6595 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6596 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6597 6598 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6599 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6600 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6601 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6602 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6603 6604 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6605 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6606 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6607 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6608 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6609 6610 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6611 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6612 6613 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6614 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6615 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6616 unsigned NumElts); 6617 6618 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6619 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6620 unsigned NumElts, 6621 AttributeList *attrList); 6622 6623 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6624 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6625 unsigned NumProtocols, 6626 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6627 6628 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6629 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6630 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6631 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6632 SourceLocation Loc, 6633 unsigned &Attributes, 6634 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6635 6636 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6637 /// setters and getters as needed. 6638 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6639 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6640 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6641 /// in class extension. 6642 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6643 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6644 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6645 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6646 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6647 6648 6649 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6650 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6651 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 6652 bool OverridingProtocolProperty); 6653 6654 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6655 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6656 6657 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6658 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6659 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6660 6661 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6662 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6663 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6664 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6665 bool *OverridingProperty, 6666 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6667 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6668 6669 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6670 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6671 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6672 bool ImplKind, 6673 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6674 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6675 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6676 6677 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6678 OSMK_None, 6679 OSMK_Alloc, 6680 OSMK_New, 6681 OSMK_Copy, 6682 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6683 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6684 }; 6685 6686 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6687 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6688 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6689 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6690 // in this case. 6691 ParsedType Type; 6692 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6693 6694 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6695 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6696 }; 6697 6698 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6699 Scope *S, 6700 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6701 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6702 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6703 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6704 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6705 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6706 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6707 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6708 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6709 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6710 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6711 6712 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6713 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6714 bool IsInstance); 6715 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6716 bool IsInstance); 6717 6718 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6719 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6720 6721 ExprResult 6722 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6723 Expr *BaseExpr, 6724 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6725 DeclarationName MemberName, 6726 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6727 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6728 bool Super); 6729 6730 ExprResult 6731 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6732 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6733 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6734 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6735 6736 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6737 6738 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6739 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6740 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6741 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6742 ObjCSuperMessage, 6743 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6744 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6745 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6746 /// name. 6747 ObjCClassMessage 6748 }; 6749 6750 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6751 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6752 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6753 bool IsSuper, 6754 bool HasTrailingDot, 6755 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6756 6757 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6758 Selector Sel, 6759 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6760 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6761 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6762 MultiExprArg Args); 6763 6764 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6765 QualType ReceiverType, 6766 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6767 Selector Sel, 6768 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6769 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6770 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6771 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6772 MultiExprArg Args, 6773 bool isImplicit = false); 6774 6775 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6776 bool isSuperReceiver, 6777 SourceLocation Loc, 6778 Selector Sel, 6779 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6780 MultiExprArg Args); 6781 6782 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6783 ParsedType Receiver, 6784 Selector Sel, 6785 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6786 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6787 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6788 MultiExprArg Args); 6789 6790 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6791 QualType ReceiverType, 6792 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6793 Selector Sel, 6794 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6795 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6796 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6797 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6798 MultiExprArg Args, 6799 bool isImplicit = false); 6800 6801 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6802 QualType ReceiverType, 6803 SourceLocation Loc, 6804 Selector Sel, 6805 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6806 MultiExprArg Args); 6807 6808 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6809 Expr *Receiver, 6810 Selector Sel, 6811 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6812 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6813 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6814 MultiExprArg Args); 6815 6816 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6817 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6818 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6819 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6820 Expr *SubExpr); 6821 6822 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6823 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6824 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6825 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6826 ParsedType Type, 6827 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6828 Expr *SubExpr); 6829 6830 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6831 6832 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6833 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6834 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6835 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6836 6837 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6838 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6839 RTC_Compatible, 6840 RTC_Incompatible, 6841 RTC_Unknown 6842 }; 6843 6844 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6845 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6846 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6847 6848 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6849 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6850 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6851 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6852 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6853 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6854 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6855 }; 6856 6857 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6858 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6859 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6860 6861 enum PragmaPackKind { 6862 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6863 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6864 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6865 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6866 }; 6867 6868 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6869 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6870 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6871 }; 6872 6873 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6874 PCK_Unknown, 6875 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6876 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6877 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6878 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6879 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6880 }; 6881 6882 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6883 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6884 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6885 Expr *Alignment, 6886 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6887 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6888 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6889 6890 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6891 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6892 6893 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed 6894 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6895 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6896 6897 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6898 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6899 6900 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6901 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6902 Scope *curScope, 6903 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6904 6905 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6906 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6907 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6908 6909 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6910 SourceLocation Loc); 6911 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6912 6913 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6914 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6915 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6916 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6917 6918 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6919 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6920 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6921 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6922 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6923 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6924 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6925 6926 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6927 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6928 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6929 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6930 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6931 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6932 6933 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6934 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6935 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6936 6937 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6938 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6939 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6940 6941 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6942 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6943 6944 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6945 void FreePackedContext(); 6946 6947 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6948 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6949 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6950 SourceLocation Loc); 6951 6952 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6953 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6954 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6955 6956 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6957 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6958 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6959 6960 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6961 void FreeVisContext(); 6962 6963 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6964 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6965 /// the appropriate attribute. 6966 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6967 6968 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6969 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6970 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6971 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6972 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6973 6974 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6975private: 6976 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; 6977 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. 6978 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); 6979 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); 6980public: 6981 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. 6982 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, 6983 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, 6984 Scope *CurScope); 6985 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. 6986 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); 6987 6988 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6989 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6990 /// threadprivate'. 6991 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6992 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6993 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6994 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6995 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6996 SourceLocation Loc, 6997 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6998 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6999 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 7000 SourceLocation Loc, 7001 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 7002 7003 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 7004 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7005 Stmt *AStmt, 7006 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7007 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7008 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 7009 /// of the associated statement. 7010 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 7011 Stmt *AStmt, 7012 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7013 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7014 7015 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 7016 unsigned Argument, 7017 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 7018 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7019 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7020 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7021 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 7022 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 7023 SourceLocation KindLoc, 7024 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7025 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7026 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7027 7028 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 7029 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 7030 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7031 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7032 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7033 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 7034 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7035 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7036 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7037 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7038 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. 7039 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7040 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7041 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7042 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7043 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. 7044 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 7045 SourceLocation StartLoc, 7046 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7047 SourceLocation EndLoc); 7048 7049 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 7050 enum CheckedConversionKind { 7051 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 7052 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 7053 /// \brief A C-style cast. 7054 CCK_CStyleCast, 7055 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 7056 CCK_FunctionalCast, 7057 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 7058 CCK_OtherCast 7059 }; 7060 7061 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 7062 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 7063 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 7064 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 7065 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 7066 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 7067 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7068 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7069 7070 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 7071 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 7072 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 7073 7074 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 7075 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 7076 /// required. 7077 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 7078 7079 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 7080 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7081 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 7082 7083 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 7084 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 7085 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 7086 7087 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 7088 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 7089 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 7090 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7091 7092 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 7093 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 7094 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 7095 // type. 7096 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 7097 7098 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 7099 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 7100 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 7101 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 7102 7103 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 7104 enum VariadicCallType { 7105 VariadicFunction, 7106 VariadicBlock, 7107 VariadicMethod, 7108 VariadicConstructor, 7109 VariadicDoesNotApply 7110 }; 7111 7112 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7113 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7114 Expr *Fn); 7115 7116 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 7117 // vararg function. 7118 enum VarArgKind { 7119 VAK_Valid, 7120 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 7121 VAK_Undefined, 7122 VAK_Invalid 7123 }; 7124 7125 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 7126 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 7127 7128 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 7129 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 7130 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 7131 7132 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 7133 /// form of call prototypes. 7134 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 7135 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7136 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7137 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 7138 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 7139 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 7140 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 7141 bool AllowExplicit = false, 7142 bool IsListInitialization = false); 7143 7144 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 7145 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 7146 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 7147 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 7148 7149 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 7150 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 7151 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 7152 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 7153 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 7154 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7155 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7156 7157 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 7158 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 7159 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 7160 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 7161 /// source and destination type. 7162 enum AssignConvertType { 7163 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 7164 Compatible, 7165 7166 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 7167 /// accept as an extension. 7168 PointerToInt, 7169 7170 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 7171 /// accept as an extension. 7172 IntToPointer, 7173 7174 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 7175 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 7176 FunctionVoidPointer, 7177 7178 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 7179 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 7180 IncompatiblePointer, 7181 7182 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 7183 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 7184 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 7185 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 7186 IncompatiblePointerSign, 7187 7188 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 7189 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 7190 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7191 7192 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 7193 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 7194 /// like address spaces. 7195 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7196 7197 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 7198 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 7199 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 7200 /// extension. 7201 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 7202 7203 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 7204 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 7205 IncompatibleVectors, 7206 7207 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 7208 /// pointer. We disallow this. 7209 IntToBlockPointer, 7210 7211 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 7212 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 7213 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 7214 7215 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 7216 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 7217 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 7218 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 7219 7220 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 7221 /// object with __weak qualifier. 7222 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 7223 7224 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 7225 /// represent it in the AST. 7226 Incompatible 7227 }; 7228 7229 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7230 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7231 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7232 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7233 SourceLocation Loc, 7234 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7235 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7236 bool *Complained = 0); 7237 7238 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7239 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7240 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7241 Expr *SrcExpr); 7242 7243 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7244 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7245 /// C99 6.5.16. 7246 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7247 QualType LHSType, 7248 QualType RHSType); 7249 7250 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7251 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7252 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7253 ExprResult &RHS, 7254 CastKind &Kind); 7255 7256 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7257 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7258 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7259 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7260 ExprResult &RHS, 7261 bool Diagnose = true, 7262 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7263 7264 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7265 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7266 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7267 ExprResult &RHS); 7268 7269 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7270 7271 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7272 7273 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7274 AssignmentAction Action, 7275 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7276 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7277 AssignmentAction Action, 7278 bool AllowExplicit, 7279 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7280 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7281 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7282 AssignmentAction Action, 7283 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7284 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7285 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7286 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7287 AssignmentAction Action, 7288 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7289 7290 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7291 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7292 7293 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7294 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7295 ExprResult &RHS); 7296 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7297 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7298 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7299 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7300 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7301 bool IsDivide); 7302 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7303 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7304 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7305 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7306 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7307 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7308 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7309 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7310 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7311 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7312 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7313 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7314 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7315 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7316 bool isRelational); 7317 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7318 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7319 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7320 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7321 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7322 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7323 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7324 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7325 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7326 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7327 7328 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7329 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7330 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7331 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7332 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7333 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7334 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7335 7336 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7337 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7338 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7339 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7340 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7341 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7342 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7343 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7344 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7345 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7346 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7347 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7348 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7349 NonStandardCompositeType); 7350 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7351 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7352 return Composite; 7353 } 7354 7355 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7356 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7357 7358 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7359 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7360 7361 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7362 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7363 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7364 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7365 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7366 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7367 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7368 SourceLocation Loc); 7369 7370 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7371 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7372 7373 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7374 7375 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7376 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7377 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7378 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7379 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7380 /// reference binding is not possible. 7381 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7382 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7383 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7384 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7385 Ref_Related, 7386 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7387 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7388 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7389 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7390 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7391 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7392 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7393 Ref_Compatible 7394 }; 7395 7396 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7397 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7398 bool &DerivedToBase, 7399 bool &ObjCConversion, 7400 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7401 7402 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7403 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7404 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7405 7406 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7407 /// given type. 7408 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7409 7410 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7411 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7412 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7413 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7414 7415 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7416 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7417 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7418 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7419 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7420 CastKind &Kind); 7421 7422 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7423 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7424 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7425 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7426 // returns the cast expr 7427 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7428 CastKind &Kind); 7429 7430 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7431 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7432 Expr *CastExpr, 7433 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7434 7435 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7436 7437 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7438 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7439 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7440 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7441 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 7442 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7443 7444 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7445 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7446 7447 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7448 QualType ExprType); 7449 7450 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7451 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7452 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7453 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7454 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7455 7456 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7457 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7458 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7459 7460 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7461 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7462 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7463 7464 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7465 /// \param Method - May be null. 7466 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7467 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7468 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7469 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7470 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7471 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7472 bool isSuperMessage, 7473 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7474 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7475 7476 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7477 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7478 /// and the form of the message send. 7479 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7480 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7481 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7482 7483 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7484 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7485 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7486 7487 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7488 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7489 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7490 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7491 7492 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7493 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7494 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7495 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7496 /// 7497 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7498 /// 'if' keyword. 7499 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7500 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7501 7502 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7503 Expr *SubExpr); 7504 7505 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7506 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7507 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7508 7509 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7510 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7511 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7512 7513 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7514 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7515 7516 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7517 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7518 /// the specified diagnostic. 7519 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7520 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7521 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7522 7523 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7524 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7525 /// in the global scope. 7526 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7527 7528 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7529 /// expression violations. 7530 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7531 public: 7532 bool Suppress; 7533 7534 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7535 7536 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7537 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7538 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7539 }; 7540 7541 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7542 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7543 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7544 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7545 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7546 bool AllowFold = true); 7547 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7548 unsigned DiagID, 7549 bool AllowFold = true); 7550 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7551 7552 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7553 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7554 /// Returns false on success. 7555 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7556 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7557 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7558 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7559 7560 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7561 CFT_Device, 7562 CFT_Global, 7563 CFT_Host, 7564 CFT_HostDevice 7565 }; 7566 7567 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7568 7569 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7570 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7571 7572 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7573 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7574 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7575 } 7576 7577 /// \name Code completion 7578 //@{ 7579 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7580 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7581 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7582 PCC_Namespace, 7583 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7584 PCC_Class, 7585 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7586 /// or category. 7587 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7588 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7589 /// category implementation 7590 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7591 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7592 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7593 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7594 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7595 /// headers. 7596 PCC_Template, 7597 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7598 /// headers within a class. 7599 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7600 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7601 PCC_Expression, 7602 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7603 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7604 PCC_Statement, 7605 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7606 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7607 PCC_ForInit, 7608 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7609 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7610 PCC_Condition, 7611 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7612 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7613 /// in the grammar. 7614 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7615 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7616 PCC_Type, 7617 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7618 /// might also be a type cast. 7619 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7620 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7621 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7622 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7623 }; 7624 7625 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7626 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7627 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7628 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7629 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7630 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7631 7632 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7633 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7634 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7635 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7636 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7637 bool IsArrow); 7638 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7639 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7640 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7641 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7642 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7643 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7644 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7645 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7646 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7647 7648 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7649 bool EnteringContext); 7650 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7651 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7652 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7653 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7654 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7655 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7656 Decl *Constructor, 7657 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7658 7659 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7660 bool AfterAmpersand); 7661 7662 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7663 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7664 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7665 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7666 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7667 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7668 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7669 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7670 bool IsParameter); 7671 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7672 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7673 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7674 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7675 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7676 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7677 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7678 bool IsSuper = false); 7679 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7680 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7681 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7682 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7683 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7684 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7685 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7686 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7687 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7688 unsigned NumProtocols); 7689 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7690 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7691 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7692 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7693 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7694 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7695 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7696 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7697 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7698 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7699 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7700 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7701 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7702 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7703 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7704 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7705 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7706 ParsedType ReturnType); 7707 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7708 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7709 bool AtParameterName, 7710 ParsedType ReturnType, 7711 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7712 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7713 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7714 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7715 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7716 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7717 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7718 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7719 unsigned Argument); 7720 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7721 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7722 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7723 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7724 //@} 7725 7726 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7727 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7728 7729public: 7730 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7731 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7732 7733private: 7734 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7735 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7736 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7737 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7738 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7739 // FunctionDeclaration. 7740 struct FormatStringInfo { 7741 unsigned FormatIdx; 7742 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7743 bool HasVAListArg; 7744 }; 7745 7746 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7747 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7748 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7749 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7750 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7751 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7752 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7753 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7754 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7755 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7756 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7757 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7758 SourceLocation Loc); 7759 7760 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7761 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7762 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7763 VariadicCallType CallType); 7764 7765 7766 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7767 7768 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7769 7770 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7771 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7772 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7773 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7774 7775 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7776 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7777 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7778 7779public: 7780 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7781 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7782 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7783 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 7784 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7785 7786private: 7787 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7788 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7789 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7790 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7791 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7792 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7793 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7794 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7795 7796public: 7797 enum FormatStringType { 7798 FST_Scanf, 7799 FST_Printf, 7800 FST_NSString, 7801 FST_Strftime, 7802 FST_Strfmon, 7803 FST_Kprintf, 7804 FST_Unknown 7805 }; 7806 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7807 7808 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7809 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7810 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7811 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7812 VariadicCallType CallType, 7813 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7814 7815private: 7816 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7817 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7818 bool IsCXXMember, 7819 VariadicCallType CallType, 7820 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7821 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7822 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7823 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7824 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7825 VariadicCallType CallType, 7826 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 7827 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7828 7829 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7830 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7831 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7832 7833 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7834 unsigned BId, 7835 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7836 7837 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7838 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7839 7840 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7841 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7842 7843 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7844 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7845 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7846 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7847 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7848 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7849 7850 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7851 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7852 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7853 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7854 7855 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7856 Expr *Init); 7857 7858public: 7859 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7860 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7861 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7862 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7863 7864 struct TypeTagData { 7865 TypeTagData() {} 7866 7867 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7868 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7869 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7870 {} 7871 7872 QualType Type; 7873 7874 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7875 /// layout-compatibility. 7876 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7877 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7878 }; 7879 7880 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7881 /// identifies the magic value. 7882 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7883 7884private: 7885 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7886 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7887 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7888 7889 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7890 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7891 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7892 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7893 7894 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7895 /// 7896 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7897 Scope *CurScope; 7898 7899 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7900 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7901 7902protected: 7903 friend class Parser; 7904 friend class InitializationSequence; 7905 friend class ASTReader; 7906 friend class ASTWriter; 7907 7908public: 7909 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7910 /// 7911 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7912 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7913 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7914 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7915 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7916 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7917 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7918 7919 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7920 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7921 7922 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7923 7924 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7925 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7926 } 7927 7928 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7929 7930 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7931 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7932 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7933 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7934 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7935 return DC; 7936 } 7937}; 7938 7939/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7940class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7941 Sema &Actions; 7942 7943public: 7944 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7945 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7946 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7947 bool IsDecltype = false) 7948 : Actions(Actions) { 7949 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7950 IsDecltype); 7951 } 7952 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7953 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7954 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7955 bool IsDecltype = false) 7956 : Actions(Actions) { 7957 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7958 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7959 IsDecltype); 7960 } 7961 7962 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7963 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7964 } 7965}; 7966 7967DeductionFailureInfo 7968MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 7969 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 7970 7971/// \brief Contains a late templated function. 7972/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. 7973struct LateParsedTemplate { 7974 CachedTokens Toks; 7975 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. 7976 Decl *D; 7977}; 7978 7979} // end namespace clang 7980 7981#endif 7982